1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
42 #include "libiberty.h"
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
46 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
47 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean
elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
61 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
62 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
63 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
64 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
65 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
66 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
67 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
75 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
93 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
94 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
115 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
116 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
117 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
118 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
119 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
127 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
143 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
144 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
145 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
146 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
147 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
168 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
171 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
179 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
190 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
195 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
198 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
206 return h
& 0xffffffff;
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
215 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
216 unsigned long h
= 5381;
219 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
220 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
221 return h
& 0xffffffff;
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
227 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
229 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
230 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
234 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd
);
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
250 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
254 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
255 if (i_shdrp
== 0 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
258 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
259 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
263 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
278 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
281 return (char *) shstrtab
;
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
286 unsigned int shindex
,
287 unsigned int strindex
)
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
294 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
296 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
300 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
302 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
306 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
312 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
332 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
347 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
348 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
350 /* Read the symbols. */
352 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
353 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
354 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
355 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
356 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
357 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
359 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
360 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
362 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
370 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
374 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
375 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
376 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
378 alloc_extshndx
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
380 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
382 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
391 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
393 intsym_buf
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
394 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
400 for (esym
= extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
, shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
402 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
403 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
405 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
406 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
407 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
408 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
414 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
416 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
417 free (alloc_extshndx
);
422 /* Look up a symbol name. */
424 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
425 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
426 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
430 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
431 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
433 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
434 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
435 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
)
436 && !(isym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& isym
->st_shndx
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
))
438 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
439 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
442 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
445 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
446 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
451 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
452 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
455 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
456 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
458 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
460 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
461 signature just a string? */
464 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
466 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
467 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
468 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
469 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
471 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
472 that it is a symbol table section. */
473 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
474 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
475 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
478 /* Go read the symbol. */
479 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
480 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
481 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
484 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
487 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
490 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
492 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
494 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
495 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
498 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
500 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
501 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
502 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
504 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
507 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
513 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
514 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
518 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
519 so we can find them quickly. */
522 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
523 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
524 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
525 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
529 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
532 if (shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
&& shdr
->sh_size
>= 8)
535 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
537 /* Add to list of sections. */
538 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
541 /* Read the raw contents. */
542 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
543 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
544 shdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
,
546 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
547 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
548 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
552 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
553 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
554 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
556 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
557 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
564 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
565 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
568 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
569 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
570 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
575 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
576 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
579 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
586 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
590 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
593 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
594 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
596 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
597 section is a member. */
599 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
603 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
604 other members to see if any others are linked via
606 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
607 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
609 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
610 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
614 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
615 insert current section in circular list. */
616 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
617 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
618 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
624 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
627 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
629 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
630 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
633 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
635 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
636 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
644 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
646 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
653 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
656 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
657 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
660 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
661 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
664 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
666 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
667 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
668 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
669 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
672 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
673 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
674 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
675 bed
->link_order_error_handler
676 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
683 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
686 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
687 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
688 link
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
691 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
692 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
693 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
697 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = link
;
702 /* Process section groups. */
703 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
706 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
708 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
709 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
710 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
713 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
714 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
715 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
716 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
717 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
718 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
719 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
720 relocation sections are in section group in input object
722 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
725 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
726 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
727 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
729 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
730 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
731 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
734 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
742 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
744 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
747 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
748 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
751 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
752 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
758 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
760 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
762 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name
,
763 bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
)) == 0);
767 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
771 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
772 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
773 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
775 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
776 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
777 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
779 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
781 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
782 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
783 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
784 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
787 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
788 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
789 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
790 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
791 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
792 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
795 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
798 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
799 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
800 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
802 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
804 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
807 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
808 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
809 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
811 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
812 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
814 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
815 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
817 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
819 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
820 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
825 } debug_sections
[] =
827 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
828 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'e' */
829 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'f' */
830 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
831 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'h' */
832 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'i' */
833 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'j' */
834 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'k' */
835 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
836 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'm' */
837 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'n' */
838 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'o' */
839 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'p' */
840 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'q' */
841 { NULL
, 0 }, /* 'r' */
842 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
847 int i
= name
[1] - 'd';
849 && i
< (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections
)
850 && debug_sections
[i
].name
!= NULL
851 && strncmp (&name
[1], debug_sections
[i
].name
,
852 debug_sections
[i
].len
) == 0)
853 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
857 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
858 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
859 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
860 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
861 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
862 all but one of the sections. */
863 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
864 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
865 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
867 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
868 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
869 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
872 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
875 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
877 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
880 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
881 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
882 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
883 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
884 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
886 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
889 if (i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
)
891 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
892 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
894 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
895 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
896 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
897 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
899 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
900 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
901 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
902 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
903 place special significance on the address 0 and
904 executables need to be able to have a segment which
905 covers this address. */
906 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
907 && (bfd_vma
) hdr
->sh_offset
>= phdr
->p_offset
908 && (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
909 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
910 && ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
911 || (hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
912 <= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr
->p_filesz
)))
914 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
915 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
916 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
918 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
919 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
920 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
921 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
922 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
923 segment will contain sections with contiguous
924 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
925 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
926 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
928 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
929 offsets whether a section with zero size should
930 be placed at the end of one segment or the
931 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
932 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
933 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
934 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
949 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
952 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
953 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
954 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
955 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
956 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
959 struct elf_internal_shdr
*
960 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
)
962 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
967 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
970 shstrtab
= bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
,
971 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
);
972 if (shstrtab
!= NULL
)
974 max
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
975 for (i
= 1; i
< max
; i
++)
976 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab
[i_shdrp
[i
]->sh_name
], name
))
983 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
984 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
985 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
986 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
989 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
990 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
991 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
992 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
993 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
994 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
995 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
996 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
997 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
999 bfd_reloc_status_type
1000 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1001 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1003 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1004 asection
*input_section
,
1006 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1008 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1009 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1010 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1011 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1013 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1014 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1017 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1020 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1023 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1026 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
1027 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
1030 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1033 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1038 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1041 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
1042 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1043 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
1044 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
1045 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
1047 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
1049 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
1050 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
1051 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1052 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
1054 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
1055 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
1058 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
1059 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
1060 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
1065 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1067 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1068 sec
->output_offset
= sec
->vma
;
1069 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1072 sec
->sec_info_type
= ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
;
1075 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1079 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1081 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1082 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1085 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd
)
1086 || (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
1087 == elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
));
1089 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1090 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1091 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1096 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1101 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1102 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1103 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1104 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1105 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1106 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1107 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1108 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1109 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1110 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1111 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1112 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1117 /* Print out the program headers. */
1120 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1123 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1125 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1127 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1132 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1133 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1134 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1136 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1141 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1144 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1145 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1146 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1147 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1148 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1149 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1150 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1151 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1152 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1153 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1154 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1155 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1156 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1157 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1158 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1159 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1160 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1165 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1169 unsigned long shlink
;
1170 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1172 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1174 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1176 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1179 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1182 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1184 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1185 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1188 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1189 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1191 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1194 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1196 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1198 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1205 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1209 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1210 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1212 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1213 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1214 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1215 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1216 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1217 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1218 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1220 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1221 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1222 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1223 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1224 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1225 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1226 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1227 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1228 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1229 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1230 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1231 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1232 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1233 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1234 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1235 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1237 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1238 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1239 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1240 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1241 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1242 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1243 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1244 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1245 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1246 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1247 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1248 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1249 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1250 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1251 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1252 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1253 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1254 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1255 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1256 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1257 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1258 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1259 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1260 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1261 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1262 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1263 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1264 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1265 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1266 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1269 fprintf (f
, " %-11s ", name
);
1271 fprintf (f
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1275 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1277 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1280 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1289 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1290 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1292 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1296 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1298 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1300 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1301 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1303 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1304 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1305 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1306 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1308 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1311 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1315 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1321 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1323 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1325 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1326 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1328 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1330 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1331 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1332 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1333 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1334 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1335 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1347 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1350 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1353 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1359 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1361 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1362 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1363 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1364 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (long) symbol
->flags
);
1366 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1368 const char *section_name
;
1369 const char *name
= NULL
;
1370 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1371 unsigned char st_other
;
1374 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1376 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1377 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1378 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1382 name
= symbol
->name
;
1383 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1386 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1387 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1388 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1389 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1390 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1391 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1392 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1394 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1395 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1397 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1398 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_section
!= 0
1399 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_section
!= 0
1400 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_section
!= 0))
1402 unsigned int vernum
;
1403 const char *version_string
;
1405 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1408 version_string
= "";
1409 else if (vernum
== 1)
1410 version_string
= "Base";
1411 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1413 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1416 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1418 version_string
= "";
1419 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1423 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1425 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1427 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1429 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1436 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1437 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1442 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1443 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1448 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1449 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1454 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1455 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1456 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1458 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1460 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1463 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1469 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1471 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1472 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1473 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
1476 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1480 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
1485 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1486 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
1489 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1490 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
1492 /* Set local fields. */
1495 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
1496 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
1497 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
1498 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
1499 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1500 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1501 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1502 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1509 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1510 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1513 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1514 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
1515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
1517 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1519 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1520 symbol which just became indirect. */
1522 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
1523 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
1524 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
1525 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
1526 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
1527 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
1529 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1532 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1533 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1534 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
1535 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
1537 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
1538 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
1539 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
1540 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
1543 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
1545 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
1546 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
1547 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
1548 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
1551 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
1553 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
1554 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
1555 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
1556 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
1558 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
1563 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1564 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1565 bfd_boolean force_local
)
1567 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
1571 h
->forced_local
= 1;
1572 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1575 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
1581 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1584 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1585 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
1587 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
1588 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
1590 unsigned int entsize
)
1593 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
1595 table
->dynamic_sections_created
= FALSE
;
1596 table
->dynobj
= NULL
;
1597 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1598 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
1599 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1600 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
1601 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1602 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
1603 table
->dynstr
= NULL
;
1604 table
->bucketcount
= 0;
1605 table
->needed
= NULL
;
1608 table
->merge_info
= NULL
;
1609 memset (&table
->stab_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->stab_info
));
1610 memset (&table
->eh_info
, 0, sizeof (table
->eh_info
));
1611 table
->dynlocal
= NULL
;
1612 table
->runpath
= NULL
;
1613 table
->tls_sec
= NULL
;
1614 table
->tls_size
= 0;
1615 table
->loaded
= NULL
;
1616 table
->is_relocatable_executable
= FALSE
;
1618 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
1619 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
1624 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1626 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
1627 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
1629 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
1630 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
1632 ret
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
1636 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
1637 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)))
1646 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1647 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1648 entry for a dynamic object. */
1651 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
1653 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1654 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1655 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
1659 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
1662 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1663 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1664 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
1671 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
1673 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1674 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1675 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
1678 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1679 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1681 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1682 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1683 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1685 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1687 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
1690 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1691 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1693 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
1694 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1695 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1697 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
1699 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
1702 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1703 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1704 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1707 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
1709 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1710 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
1711 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
1715 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1716 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1719 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
1720 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
1723 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1725 unsigned long shlink
;
1726 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1728 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1732 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1733 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
1736 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1737 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
1740 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1743 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1747 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1749 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1750 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1753 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1754 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1756 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1758 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1760 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1763 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
1766 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
1767 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1770 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1775 l
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1796 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1798 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1799 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1801 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1803 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1808 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1809 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1810 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1812 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1819 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1821 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1824 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1826 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1827 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1828 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1831 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
1832 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
,
1837 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1840 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1843 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1844 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1845 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1846 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1847 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1848 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1849 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1850 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1851 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1852 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1854 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1855 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1857 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
)
1858 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1860 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1862 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1864 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1865 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1866 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1867 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1869 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1870 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1874 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1876 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1877 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1879 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1880 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1882 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1890 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1891 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1894 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1896 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1897 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1898 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1899 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1900 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1902 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1903 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1904 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1905 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1906 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1908 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1909 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1910 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1914 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1915 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1916 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1917 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1919 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1921 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1922 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1924 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1925 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1926 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1930 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1932 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1933 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1934 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1938 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1942 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1943 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1946 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1948 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1949 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1950 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1951 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1952 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1954 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1955 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1956 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1958 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1959 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1962 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1963 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1964 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1965 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1968 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1969 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1971 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1973 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1974 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1977 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1980 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1981 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1984 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1987 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1988 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1989 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1990 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1992 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1996 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1997 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1998 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1999 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2001 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2003 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2004 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2006 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2007 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2009 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2012 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2014 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2016 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2017 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2021 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2025 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2027 asection
*target_sect
;
2028 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
;
2029 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2032 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2033 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
2036 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2037 if ((hdr
->sh_link
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_link
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2038 || hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2040 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
2041 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2042 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
2043 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2047 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2048 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2049 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2050 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2051 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2052 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2053 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2054 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
2055 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
2061 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
2063 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2064 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2075 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
2078 /* Get the symbol table. */
2079 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2080 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2081 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2084 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2085 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2086 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2087 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2088 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2089 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2090 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2091 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2092 || (hdr
->sh_info
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& hdr
->sh_info
<= SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2093 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2094 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2095 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2096 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2099 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2101 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2102 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2105 if ((target_sect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
2106 || target_sect
->reloc_count
== 0)
2107 hdr2
= &elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr
;
2111 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
== NULL
);
2112 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
2113 hdr2
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2114 elf_section_data (target_sect
)->rel_hdr2
= hdr2
;
2117 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2118 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
2119 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2120 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2121 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2122 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2123 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2124 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2125 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
;
2126 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2130 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2131 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2132 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2133 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2135 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2136 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2138 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2139 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2140 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2142 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2143 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2144 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2145 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2151 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2152 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2154 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
)
2156 name
= group_signature (abfd
, hdr
);
2159 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2161 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
2163 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
2164 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
2167 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
2168 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
2169 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
2171 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2173 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
2174 if ((s
= (--idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
2175 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
2177 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
2184 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2185 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2188 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2190 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2191 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2192 for applications? */
2193 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2194 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2195 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2196 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2198 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2199 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2202 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2203 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2204 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2205 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2206 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2208 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2209 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2211 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2212 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2213 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2214 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2215 be rejected with an error message. */
2216 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2217 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2219 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2221 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2222 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2225 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2226 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2227 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2228 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2236 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2237 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2240 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd
*abfd
,
2241 struct sym_sec_cache
*cache
,
2243 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2245 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2246 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2247 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2248 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
2249 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2251 if (cache
->abfd
== abfd
&& cache
->indx
[ent
] == r_symndx
)
2252 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2254 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2255 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2256 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2259 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2261 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2264 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2265 cache
->sec
[ent
] = sec
;
2266 if ((isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
2267 || isym
.st_shndx
> SHN_HIRESERVE
)
2270 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
.st_shndx
);
2272 cache
->sec
[ent
] = s
;
2274 return cache
->sec
[ent
];
2277 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2281 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int index
)
2283 if (index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2285 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[index
]->bfd_section
;
2288 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2290 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2291 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2294 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2296 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2297 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2300 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2302 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2303 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2304 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2305 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2306 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2307 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2308 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2309 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2310 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2312 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2315 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2317 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2318 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2319 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2322 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2324 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2326 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2327 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2328 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2329 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2330 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2332 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2337 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2338 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2341 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2343 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2344 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2345 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2346 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2349 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2351 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2352 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2355 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2357 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2358 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2359 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2362 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2364 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2365 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2366 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2369 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2371 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2372 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2373 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2374 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2375 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2378 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2380 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2381 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2382 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2383 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2384 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2385 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2386 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2389 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2391 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2392 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2393 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2394 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2397 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*special_sections
[] =
2399 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2400 special_sections_c
, /* 'b' */
2401 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2403 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2404 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2405 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2406 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2409 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2411 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2413 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2415 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2416 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2417 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2420 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2421 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2422 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2428 len
= strlen (name
);
2430 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2433 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2435 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2437 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2440 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2441 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2443 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2445 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2447 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2448 && (suffix_len
== -2
2449 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2455 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2457 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2458 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2468 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2469 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2472 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2473 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2475 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2476 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2479 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2480 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2483 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2484 bed
->special_sections
,
2490 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2493 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2494 if (i
< 0 || i
> 't' - 'b')
2497 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2502 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2506 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2508 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2509 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2510 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2512 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2515 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*sdata
));
2518 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2521 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2522 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2523 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2525 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2526 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2527 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2528 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2529 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2530 elf_fake_sections. */
2531 if ((!sec
->flags
&& abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
2532 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2534 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2537 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2538 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2542 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2545 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2547 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2548 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2549 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2550 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2552 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2553 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2554 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2555 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2556 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2557 of combined data+bss.
2559 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2560 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2561 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2562 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2563 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2568 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2569 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2571 const char *typename
)
2579 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2580 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2581 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2582 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", typename
, index
, split
? "a" : "");
2583 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2584 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2587 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2588 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2589 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2591 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2592 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2593 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2594 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2595 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2596 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2597 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2599 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2600 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2601 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2603 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2605 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2608 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2610 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2615 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%db", typename
, index
);
2616 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2617 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2620 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2621 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2622 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2624 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2625 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2626 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2627 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2629 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2630 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2631 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2633 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2634 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2641 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int index
)
2643 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2645 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2648 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "null");
2651 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "load");
2654 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "dynamic");
2657 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "interp");
2660 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "note"))
2662 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2667 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "shlib");
2670 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "phdr");
2672 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2673 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
,
2677 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "stack");
2680 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "relro");
2683 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2684 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2685 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, index
, "proc");
2689 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2690 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2691 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2694 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2695 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
2697 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2700 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2701 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2703 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2706 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2708 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2710 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2712 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2713 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2714 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2715 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2716 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2717 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2718 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2719 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2720 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2725 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2728 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *failedptrarg
)
2730 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2731 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2732 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2736 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2741 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (asect
)->this_hdr
;
2743 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2744 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2745 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2751 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2753 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2754 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2755 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2757 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2759 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2760 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2761 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2762 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2763 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2764 copy_private_section_data. */
2766 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2767 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2769 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2771 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2773 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2774 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2775 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2776 && (((asect
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2777 || (asect
->flags
& SEC_NEVER_LOAD
) != 0))
2778 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2780 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
2783 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2789 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2790 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2791 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2798 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2802 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2806 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2810 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2811 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2815 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2816 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2819 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2820 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2823 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2824 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2825 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2826 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2828 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2829 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2831 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2832 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2835 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2836 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2837 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2838 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2840 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2841 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2843 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2844 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2848 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 4;
2852 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2856 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2857 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2858 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2859 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2860 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2861 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2862 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2864 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2865 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2866 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2867 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2869 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2870 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2871 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2873 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2874 if (asect
->size
== 0
2875 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2877 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2879 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2882 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2883 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2884 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2889 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2890 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2891 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2894 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2895 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2896 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2897 create the other. */
2898 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
2899 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2900 &elf_section_data (asect
)->rel_hdr
,
2906 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2909 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2911 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= failedptrarg
;
2912 unsigned long symindx
;
2913 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2917 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2919 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2924 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2925 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2929 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2930 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2931 if (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
)
2932 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2934 symindx
= sec
->target_index
;
2936 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2938 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2940 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2943 sec
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2945 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2946 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2947 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2954 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2956 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2957 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2958 start of the input section group. */
2959 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2961 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2962 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2963 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2964 directives, not that it matters. */
2973 s
= s
->output_section
;
2976 idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2977 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2978 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2983 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2986 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2989 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2990 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2991 in here too, while we're at it. */
2994 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2996 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2998 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2999 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3000 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3004 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3006 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3007 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
3009 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3010 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3012 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3014 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3016 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3018 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3019 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3020 abfd
->section_count
--;
3024 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3025 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3026 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3032 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3034 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3036 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3038 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3039 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3040 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3042 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3043 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
3047 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3048 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3049 d
->rel_idx
= section_number
++;
3050 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr
.sh_name
);
3055 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3056 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3057 d
->rel_idx2
= section_number
++;
3058 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_name
);
3064 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3065 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3066 t
->shstrtab_section
= section_number
++;
3067 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3068 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= t
->shstrtab_section
;
3070 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3072 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3073 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3074 t
->symtab_section
= section_number
++;
3075 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3076 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
- 2)
3078 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3079 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3080 t
->symtab_shndx_section
= section_number
++;
3081 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3082 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3083 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3084 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3087 if (section_number
== SHN_LORESERVE
)
3088 section_number
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3089 t
->strtab_section
= section_number
++;
3090 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3093 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3094 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3096 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3097 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3098 if (section_number
> SHN_LORESERVE
)
3099 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
-= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
3101 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3103 i_shdrp
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3104 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3107 i_shdrp
[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3108 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3110 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3114 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3116 i_shdrp
[t
->shstrtab_section
] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3117 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3119 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_section
] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3120 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > SHN_LORESERVE
)
3122 i_shdrp
[t
->symtab_shndx_section
] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3123 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3125 i_shdrp
[t
->strtab_section
] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3126 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->strtab_section
;
3129 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3131 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3135 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3136 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3137 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx
] = &d
->rel_hdr
;
3138 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3139 i_shdrp
[d
->rel_idx2
] = d
->rel_hdr2
;
3141 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3143 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3144 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3145 the relocation entries apply. */
3146 if (d
->rel_idx
!= 0)
3148 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3149 d
->rel_hdr
.sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3151 if (d
->rel_idx2
!= 0)
3153 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3154 d
->rel_hdr2
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3157 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3158 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3160 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3163 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3164 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3166 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3167 if (elf_discarded_section (s
))
3170 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3171 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3172 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3174 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3175 size as the discarded one. */
3176 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3179 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3185 s
= s
->output_section
;
3186 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3190 /* Handle objcopy. */
3191 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3193 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3194 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3195 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3196 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3199 s
= s
->output_section
;
3201 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3206 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3207 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3208 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3210 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3211 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3212 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3213 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3214 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3219 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3223 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3224 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3225 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3226 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3227 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3228 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3229 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3231 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3233 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3235 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3239 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3241 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3245 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3246 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3247 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3248 field to point to this section. */
3249 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3250 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3255 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3256 alc
= bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3259 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3260 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3261 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3265 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3267 /* This is a .stab section. */
3268 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3269 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3270 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3277 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3278 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3279 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3280 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3282 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3284 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3287 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3288 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3290 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3292 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3293 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3295 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3300 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3301 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3302 this hash table or version table is for. */
3303 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3305 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3309 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= t
->symtab_section
;
3313 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3314 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3315 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3317 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3318 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3322 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3323 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3326 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3328 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3329 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3330 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3331 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3333 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
3334 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3335 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3338 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3339 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3340 special sections. */
3343 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3345 return ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3347 || (sym
->section
->owner
!= abfd
3348 && (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
!= abfd
3349 || sym
->section
->output_offset
!= 0))));
3353 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
3355 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3356 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3357 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3358 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3359 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3360 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3361 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3368 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3372 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3374 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3375 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3379 sect_syms
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3380 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3382 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3383 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3385 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3386 decided to output. */
3387 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3389 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3391 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3392 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3394 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3396 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3397 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3399 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3403 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3404 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3406 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3408 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3414 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3415 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3416 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3417 at least in that case. */
3418 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3420 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3422 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3429 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3430 new_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3432 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3435 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3437 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3440 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3442 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3445 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3447 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3449 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3451 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3453 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3456 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3457 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3460 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3462 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3466 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3468 elf_num_locals (abfd
) = num_locals
;
3469 elf_num_globals (abfd
) = num_globals
;
3473 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3474 ELF data structure. */
3476 static inline file_ptr
3477 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3479 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3482 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3483 required section alignment. */
3486 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3494 al
= i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
;
3496 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, al
);
3498 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3499 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3500 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3501 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3502 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3506 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3507 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3508 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3511 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3512 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3514 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3516 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3517 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3519 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3522 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3523 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3524 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3526 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3529 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3530 if (bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
)
3531 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3534 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &failed
);
3538 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3541 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3542 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3544 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3545 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3547 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3551 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3553 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3558 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3559 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3560 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3561 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3562 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3563 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3564 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3565 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3566 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3567 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3568 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3570 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3573 if (link_info
== NULL
&& bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
3576 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3578 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
3580 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3581 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3583 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3584 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3585 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3587 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3588 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3590 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
3592 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3594 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3595 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3597 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3600 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3605 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3606 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3608 static bfd_size_type
3609 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3613 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3615 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3616 and one for data. */
3619 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3620 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3622 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3623 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3624 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3629 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3631 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3634 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
3636 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3637 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3642 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
)
3644 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3648 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
3650 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3654 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3656 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3657 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3659 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3664 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3666 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3668 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3674 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3675 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3676 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3680 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3686 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3689 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3691 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3692 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3693 asection
**sections
,
3698 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3703 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3704 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3705 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3709 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3710 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3711 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3712 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3714 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3716 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3717 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3718 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3724 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3727 struct elf_segment_map
*
3728 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3730 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3732 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3736 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3738 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3743 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3746 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3748 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3749 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3751 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3752 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3753 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3754 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3756 m
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
;
3759 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3761 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3763 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3764 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3765 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3767 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3771 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3773 if ((*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3779 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3780 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3782 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3789 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3792 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3795 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3796 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3797 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3799 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
3800 && bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3804 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3805 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3808 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3809 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3811 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3812 bfd_boolean writable
;
3814 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3815 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3818 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3820 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
), sizeof (asection
*));
3821 if (sections
== NULL
)
3825 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3827 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3833 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3836 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3838 /* Build the mapping. */
3843 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3844 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3846 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3847 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3849 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3850 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3854 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3855 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3856 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3857 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3858 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3863 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3864 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3868 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3876 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3877 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3878 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3882 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3884 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3886 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3889 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3890 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3891 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3892 program headers we will need. */
3895 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
3897 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3898 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3899 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3900 || sections
[0]->lma
< phdr_size
3901 || sections
[0]->lma
% maxpagesize
< phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3902 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3905 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3908 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3912 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3915 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3917 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3918 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3919 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3921 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3923 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3924 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3928 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
3929 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
3931 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3932 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3935 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3936 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3938 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3939 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3940 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3943 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3945 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3946 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3947 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3948 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3951 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3952 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1)
3953 & ~(maxpagesize
- 1))
3954 != (hdr
->lma
& ~(maxpagesize
- 1))))
3956 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3957 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3958 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3959 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3960 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3961 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3962 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3967 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3968 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3973 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3976 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3977 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3978 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3979 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
3985 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3986 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3988 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
3995 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4001 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4002 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4003 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4007 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4010 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4011 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
)
4013 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4021 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4024 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4031 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4032 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4033 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4034 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4035 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4036 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4038 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4039 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4041 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4042 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4046 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4053 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4061 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4066 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4067 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4068 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4073 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4074 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4076 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4077 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
4079 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
4080 m
->sections
[i
] = first_tls
;
4081 first_tls
= first_tls
->next
;
4088 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4090 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->eh_frame_hdr
;
4091 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4092 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4094 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4095 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4099 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4101 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4107 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
)
4109 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4110 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4114 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4115 m
->p_flags
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->stack_flags
;
4116 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4122 if (dynsec
!= NULL
&& elf_tdata (abfd
)->relro
)
4124 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
4125 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4126 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4127 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4131 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4133 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4140 elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
= mfirst
;
4143 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
))
4146 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4148 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4153 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4158 /* Sort sections by address. */
4161 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4163 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4164 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4165 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4167 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4168 place the section into a segment. */
4169 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4171 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4174 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4175 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4176 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4178 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4181 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4183 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4189 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4190 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4191 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4192 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4197 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4202 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4203 before others at the same address. */
4205 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4206 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4213 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4216 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4218 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4219 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4220 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4221 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4222 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4225 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4226 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4228 /* In other words, something like:
4230 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4231 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4232 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4233 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4235 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4237 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4240 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4242 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4245 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4246 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4250 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4251 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4253 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4254 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4255 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4256 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4258 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4262 if (link_info
== NULL
4263 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, link_info
))
4267 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4270 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4271 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4272 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4274 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4275 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4277 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
4278 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4282 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4286 phdrs
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, alloc
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4287 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4292 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4293 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4295 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4296 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4298 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4304 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4305 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4306 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4307 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4308 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4310 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4311 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4312 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4315 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4316 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4317 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4318 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4319 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4320 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4321 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4323 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4324 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4329 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4331 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4332 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4333 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4336 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
;
4338 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4339 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4341 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4342 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4343 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4344 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4345 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4346 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4347 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4349 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4350 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4352 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4354 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4355 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4356 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4357 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4361 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4364 bfd_size_type align
;
4366 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4368 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4372 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4374 unsigned int secalign
;
4376 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4377 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4378 align_power
= secalign
;
4380 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4381 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4382 align
= maxpagesize
;
4385 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (m
->sections
[0]->vma
, off
, align
);
4388 && !m
->includes_filehdr
4389 && !m
->includes_phdrs
4390 && (ufile_ptr
) off
>= align
)
4392 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4393 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4394 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4395 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4396 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4397 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4399 while ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
4400 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4402 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4406 voff
= adjust
- align
;
4412 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4413 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4414 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4416 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4419 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4421 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4429 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4431 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4434 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4435 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4438 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4440 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4442 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4443 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4445 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4450 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4455 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4457 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4460 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4462 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4466 BFD_ASSERT (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
);
4467 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4468 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4469 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4473 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4474 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4477 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4478 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4480 if (! m
->includes_filehdr
&& ! m
->includes_phdrs
)
4481 p
->p_offset
= off
+ voff
;
4486 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4487 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4488 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4492 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4493 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4494 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4495 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4496 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4497 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4501 bfd_size_type align
;
4505 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4507 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4508 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4510 bfd_signed_vma adjust
;
4512 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4514 adjust
= sec
->lma
- (p
->p_paddr
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4517 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4518 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4519 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) sec
->lma
);
4523 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4524 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4526 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4528 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4529 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4530 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4532 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4533 modulo the page size. */
4534 bfd_size_type page
= align
;
4535 if (page
< maxpagesize
)
4537 adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (sec
->vma
,
4538 p
->p_vaddr
+ p
->p_memsz
,
4540 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4544 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4546 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4552 p
->p_filesz
= sec
->size
;
4558 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4567 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4569 sec
->filepos
= off
+ voff
;
4570 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4571 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4572 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4573 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4574 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4575 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4576 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4577 people do this. The data statement results in a
4578 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4579 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4580 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4581 section with contents to the output. Make room
4582 here for the write, so that following segments are
4584 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4585 || (flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) != 0)
4589 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4591 p
->p_filesz
+= sec
->size
;
4592 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4595 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4597 else if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4598 && ((flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0
4599 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))
4600 p
->p_memsz
+= sec
->size
;
4602 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
4604 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
4606 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
4608 p
->p_memsz
+= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
4611 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4613 else if (align
> p
->p_align
4614 && !m
->p_align_valid
4615 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4616 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4620 if (! m
->p_flags_valid
)
4623 if ((flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4625 if ((flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4635 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4638 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4639 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4641 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4642 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4643 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4644 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4645 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4646 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4647 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4648 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4650 unsigned int num_sec
;
4654 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4655 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4656 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
4657 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4659 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4660 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4663 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4664 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4665 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4666 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4667 hdr
->sh_offset
= hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
;
4668 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4670 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4671 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
4672 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4674 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4676 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
)));
4677 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4678 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4679 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4682 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4684 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4687 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4688 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4689 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_section
]
4690 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
]
4691 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[tdata
->strtab_section
])
4692 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4694 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4696 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4698 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4699 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4703 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4704 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4708 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4710 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4711 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4716 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4719 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4721 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4722 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4724 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4726 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4727 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4728 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4730 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4731 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4736 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
, p
= phdrs
;
4742 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4743 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
|| bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
4745 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4746 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
4748 hdr
= &elf_section_data (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1])->this_hdr
;
4749 p
->p_filesz
= (m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1]->filepos
4750 - m
->sections
[0]->filepos
);
4751 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4752 p
->p_filesz
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
4754 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
4759 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4761 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4762 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4763 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
4765 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4767 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
4768 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4769 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
4771 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4773 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
4775 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
4777 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4778 && lp
->p_vaddr
<= link_info
->relro_end
4779 && lp
->p_vaddr
>= link_info
->relro_start
4780 && (lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
4781 >= link_info
->relro_end
))
4785 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
4786 && link_info
->relro_end
> lp
->p_vaddr
)
4788 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
4789 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
4790 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
4791 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
4792 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
4794 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
4798 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
4799 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
4805 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
4810 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4811 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4812 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4814 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4815 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4816 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4817 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4818 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4819 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4820 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4822 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4825 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
4826 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4828 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
4829 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4831 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4833 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
4834 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4836 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4837 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4838 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4841 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4842 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
4844 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4845 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4846 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4847 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4849 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4852 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4853 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4854 || i
== tdata
->symtab_section
4855 || i
== tdata
->symtab_shndx_section
4856 || i
== tdata
->strtab_section
)
4858 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4861 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4863 if (i
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
4865 i
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4866 hdrpp
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
4874 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4875 assignment of sections to segments. */
4876 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4879 /* And for non-load sections. */
4880 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
4883 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
4885 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4889 /* Write out the program headers. */
4890 alloc
= tdata
->program_header_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4891 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4892 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
4895 off
= tdata
->next_file_pos
;
4898 /* Place the section headers. */
4899 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
4900 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
4901 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
4903 tdata
->next_file_pos
= off
;
4909 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
4911 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4912 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*i_phdrp
= 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4913 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
; /* Section header table, internal form */
4914 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
4915 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4917 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
4918 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4920 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4921 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
4924 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
4926 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
4927 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
4928 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
4929 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
4931 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
4932 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
4933 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
4934 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4936 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4937 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
4938 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
4939 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
4940 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4941 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
4943 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
4945 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
4947 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
4948 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
4951 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4952 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4953 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4954 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4955 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4956 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4957 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4958 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4960 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
4963 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
4964 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4966 /* No program header, for now. */
4967 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4968 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4969 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
4971 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4972 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
4973 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
4975 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4976 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
4977 /* It all happens later. */
4981 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
4983 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
4986 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4987 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
4988 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4989 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
4990 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
4991 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
4992 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4993 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
4994 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5000 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5001 of the loadable file image. */
5004 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5007 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5008 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5010 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
5012 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5013 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5015 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5018 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5019 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5020 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5023 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
5027 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5029 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5030 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5031 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5033 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5035 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5036 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5039 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5040 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5043 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5047 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5049 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5050 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5051 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5053 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5054 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5055 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5057 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5059 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5060 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5063 if (count
== SHN_LORESERVE
- 1)
5064 count
+= SHN_HIRESERVE
+ 1 - SHN_LORESERVE
;
5067 /* Write out the section header names. */
5068 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5069 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5070 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5073 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5074 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
,
5075 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
);
5077 return bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
);
5081 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5083 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5084 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5087 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5090 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5092 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5095 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5096 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5097 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5099 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5101 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5103 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5108 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5109 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5113 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5123 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5127 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5129 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5131 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5133 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5134 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5135 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5136 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5137 input sections rather than the output section. */
5138 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5139 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5140 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5145 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5146 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5147 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5148 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5149 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5150 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5151 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5154 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5158 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5159 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5160 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5161 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5162 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5163 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5170 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5171 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
,
5172 elf_symbol_flags (flags
));
5180 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5183 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5185 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5186 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5187 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5188 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5189 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5192 unsigned int num_segments
;
5193 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5194 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5195 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5196 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5197 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5199 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5200 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5203 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5205 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5206 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5208 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5209 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5210 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5211 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5213 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5214 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5215 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5216 ? section->size : 0)
5218 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5219 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5220 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5221 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5222 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5223 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5225 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5226 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5227 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5228 (section->lma >= base \
5229 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5230 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5232 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5233 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5234 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5235 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5236 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5237 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5238 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5239 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5241 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5242 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5243 p_memsz set to 0. */
5244 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5246 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5247 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5248 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5249 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5251 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5252 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5253 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5255 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5256 A section will be included if:
5257 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5258 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5259 2. It is an allocated segment,
5260 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5261 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5262 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5263 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5264 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5265 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5266 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5267 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5268 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5269 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5270 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5271 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5272 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5273 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5274 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5275 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5276 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5277 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5278 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5279 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5280 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5281 || (segment->p_paddr \
5282 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5283 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5284 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5286 && ! section->segment_mark)
5288 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5289 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5290 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5291 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5292 && section->output_section != NULL)
5294 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5295 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5296 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5298 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5299 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5300 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5301 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5302 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5304 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5305 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5306 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5307 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5308 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5310 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5311 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5312 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5314 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5315 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5316 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5317 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5318 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5323 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5325 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5326 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5327 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5329 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5330 assignment code will work. */
5331 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5335 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5338 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5339 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5341 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5343 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5344 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5347 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5348 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5350 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5353 SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5354 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
);
5356 if (extra_length
> 0)
5358 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5359 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5362 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5364 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5366 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5371 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5374 SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5375 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
);
5377 if (extra_length
> 0)
5379 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5380 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5383 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5388 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5389 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5393 unsigned int section_count
;
5394 asection
** sections
;
5395 asection
* output_section
;
5397 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5398 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5401 asection
* first_section
;
5403 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5406 first_section
= NULL
;
5407 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5408 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5410 section
= section
->next
)
5412 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5413 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5414 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5416 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5417 first_section
= section
;
5418 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5423 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5424 all of the sections we have selected. */
5425 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5426 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5427 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5431 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5432 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5434 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5435 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5436 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5438 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5439 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5441 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5443 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5444 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5447 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5448 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5449 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5450 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5452 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5454 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5456 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5457 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5458 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5459 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5460 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5462 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5463 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5466 if (section_count
== 0)
5468 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5469 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5470 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5471 a warning is produced. */
5472 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5473 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5474 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5478 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5479 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5484 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5485 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5486 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5487 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5489 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5490 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5493 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5494 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5495 of the first section.
5497 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5498 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5499 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5500 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5501 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5503 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5504 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5505 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5506 or segments to contain the other sections.
5508 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5509 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5510 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5512 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5513 to work around this long long bug. */
5514 sections
= bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5515 if (sections
== NULL
)
5518 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5519 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5520 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5521 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5522 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5528 for (j
= 0, section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5530 section
= section
->next
)
5532 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5534 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5536 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5538 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5539 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5540 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5541 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5542 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
5543 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5544 && (! bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
5546 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5547 && (output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5548 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5551 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5553 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5555 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5557 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5558 LMA address of the output section. */
5559 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5560 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5561 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
&&
5562 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
))
5565 if (matching_lma
== 0)
5566 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5568 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5569 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5571 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5573 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5574 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5578 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5580 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5582 if (isec
== section_count
)
5584 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5585 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5586 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5587 program header in the input BFD. */
5588 map
->count
= section_count
;
5589 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5590 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5592 if (matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5593 && !map
->includes_filehdr
&& !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5594 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5595 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5597 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5604 if (matching_lma
!= 0)
5606 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5607 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5608 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5609 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5613 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5614 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5615 the LMA of the first section. */
5616 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5619 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5620 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5621 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5622 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5624 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5626 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5628 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5629 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5630 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5631 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5632 offset when we know the correct value. */
5633 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5634 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
5638 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5639 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5640 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5641 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5642 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5643 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5651 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5652 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
5654 section
= sections
[j
];
5656 if (section
== NULL
)
5659 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5661 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
5663 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5664 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
5666 if (map
->count
== 0)
5668 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5669 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5671 if (output_section
->lma
!=
5673 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
5674 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5675 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
5681 asection
* prev_sec
;
5683 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
5685 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5686 and the start of this section is more than
5687 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5688 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
5690 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
5691 || ((prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
)
5692 > output_section
->lma
))
5694 if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5695 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5701 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
5704 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5706 else if (suggested_lma
== 0)
5707 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5710 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
5712 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5713 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5714 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5716 if (isec
< section_count
)
5718 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5719 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5720 and carry on looping. */
5721 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5722 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5723 map
= bfd_alloc (obfd
, amt
);
5730 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5731 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5732 not yet been assigned. */
5734 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5735 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5736 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5737 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5738 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5739 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
5740 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5743 while (isec
< section_count
);
5748 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5749 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5750 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5751 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5752 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5753 if (map
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5756 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5757 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 0;
5759 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5761 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5762 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5763 the offset if necessary. */
5764 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
5768 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
5771 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
5772 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
5773 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5778 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5779 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5780 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5781 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5782 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5783 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5784 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5785 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5789 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5792 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5794 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5795 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5796 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5797 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5798 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5800 unsigned int num_segments
;
5801 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5803 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5806 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5808 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5809 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5814 unsigned int section_count
;
5816 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5817 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
5819 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5820 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5823 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5824 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5826 section
= section
->next
)
5828 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5829 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5832 first_section
= section
;
5837 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5838 all of the sections we have selected. */
5839 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5840 if (section_count
!= 0)
5841 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5842 map
= bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5846 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5849 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5850 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5851 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5852 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5853 map
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
5854 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
5855 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
5856 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
5858 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5859 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5860 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5861 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5863 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5864 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5866 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5867 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5868 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5869 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5870 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5872 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5873 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5876 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
&& !map
->includes_filehdr
)
5877 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5878 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((first_section
? first_section
->lma
: 0)
5879 - segment
->p_paddr
);
5881 if (section_count
!= 0)
5883 unsigned int isec
= 0;
5885 for (section
= first_section
;
5887 section
= section
->next
)
5889 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5890 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5892 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
5893 if (isec
== section_count
)
5899 map
->count
= section_count
;
5900 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5901 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5904 elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
= map_first
;
5908 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5912 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5914 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5915 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5918 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
5921 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
5923 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5924 header are changed. */
5925 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5926 asection
*section
, *osec
;
5927 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
5928 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5930 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5931 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5932 section
= section
->next
)
5933 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5935 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5936 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5940 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5941 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5943 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5944 from the input BFD. */
5945 osec
= section
->output_section
;
5947 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
5949 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5950 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
5951 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr
, segment
))
5953 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5954 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5956 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
5957 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
5958 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
5959 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
5960 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
5961 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
5967 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5969 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
5970 section
= section
->next
)
5972 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
5975 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5978 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5982 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
5985 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5988 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
5992 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5995 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
5996 bfd_boolean need_group
= link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
;
5998 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
5999 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6002 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
6003 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
6004 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
6006 if (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
|| !osec
->flags
)
6008 BFD_ASSERT (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6010 && elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
));
6011 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6014 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6015 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6016 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6018 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6019 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6020 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6021 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6024 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6025 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6027 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6028 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6029 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6030 elf_group_name (osec
) = elf_group_name (isec
);
6034 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6036 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6037 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6038 may be NULL at this point. */
6039 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6041 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6042 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6043 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6046 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6051 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6052 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6055 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6060 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6062 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6063 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6066 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6067 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6069 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6071 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6072 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6073 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6074 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6075 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6077 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6081 /* Copy private header information. */
6084 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6088 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6089 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6092 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6093 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6094 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6095 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6096 already been worked out. */
6097 if (elf_tdata (obfd
)->segment_map
== NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6099 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6103 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6104 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6105 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6106 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
6107 && isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6109 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6110 asection
*s
= first
;
6113 if (s
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6115 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6116 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6118 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6127 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6128 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6129 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6130 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6131 swap_out_syms function. */
6133 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6134 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6135 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6136 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6137 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6140 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6145 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6147 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6148 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6151 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6152 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6156 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6160 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6161 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6162 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6163 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6164 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6165 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->strtab_section
)
6167 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->shstrtab_section
)
6168 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6169 else if (shndx
== elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
)
6170 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6171 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6177 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6180 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6181 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6184 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6187 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6188 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6189 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6190 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6191 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6192 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6195 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6197 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
))
6200 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6201 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6205 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6206 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6207 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6208 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6209 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6210 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6211 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_num_locals (abfd
) + 1;
6212 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6214 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6215 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6217 outbound_syms
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6218 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6220 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6223 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6225 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6226 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6227 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6229 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6230 outbound_shndx
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6231 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6232 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6234 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6238 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6239 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6240 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6241 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6242 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6245 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6247 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6248 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6254 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6255 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6256 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6257 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6258 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6262 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6263 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6265 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6266 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6268 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6269 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6270 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6271 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6274 if (!name_local_sections
6275 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6277 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6282 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6285 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6287 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6292 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6294 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6295 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6297 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6298 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6299 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6300 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6301 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6302 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6303 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6305 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6306 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6307 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6311 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6314 if (sec
->output_section
)
6316 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6317 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6320 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6321 if (! relocatable_p
)
6323 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6324 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6326 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6328 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6330 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6331 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6332 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6333 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6337 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6340 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6343 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_section
;
6346 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_section
;
6349 shndx
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_section
;
6357 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6363 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6364 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6365 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6366 demand of applications. For example, it
6367 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6368 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6369 actually in the output file. */
6370 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6373 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6374 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6375 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6377 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6378 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6382 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6383 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= -1);
6387 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6390 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6392 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6394 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6399 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6402 /* Processor-specific types. */
6403 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6404 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6405 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6406 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6408 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6410 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6411 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6413 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6415 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6416 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6417 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6418 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6422 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6423 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6426 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6428 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6430 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6432 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6435 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6438 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6439 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6443 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6444 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6445 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6446 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6450 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6451 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6453 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6454 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6455 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6456 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6457 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6458 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6463 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6465 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6466 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6467 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6470 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6474 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6476 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6477 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6479 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6485 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6489 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
6491 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6493 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6497 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6498 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6500 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
6506 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6509 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
6512 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6515 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6522 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6524 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
6527 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
6528 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
6529 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
6533 return section
->reloc_count
;
6537 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
6539 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6540 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
6543 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6548 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
6549 asymbol
**allocation
)
6551 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6552 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
6555 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
6559 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6560 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6561 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6562 dynamic reloc section. */
6565 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6570 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6572 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6576 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
6577 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6578 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6579 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6580 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6581 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6582 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
6583 * sizeof (arelent
*));
6588 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6589 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6590 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6591 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6592 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6593 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6594 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6597 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
6601 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
6605 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
6607 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6611 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
6613 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6615 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
6616 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
6617 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
6618 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
6623 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
6625 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6627 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
6638 /* Read in the version information. */
6641 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
6643 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6644 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
6646 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
6648 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6649 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
6650 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
6652 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
6654 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
6656 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
,
6657 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
6658 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6661 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
6663 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6664 if (contents
== NULL
)
6666 error_return_verref
:
6667 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
6668 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
6671 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6672 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6673 goto error_return_verref
;
6675 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
6676 goto error_return_verref
;
6678 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6679 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6680 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6681 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
6682 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
6683 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
6685 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
6686 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
6689 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
6691 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
6693 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
6694 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6696 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
6697 goto error_return_verref
;
6699 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
6700 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
6703 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
6704 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
6705 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
6706 goto error_return_verref
;
6709 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
6710 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6711 goto error_return_verref
;
6713 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6714 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
6715 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
6716 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
6718 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
6720 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
6721 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6722 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
6723 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
6724 goto error_return_verref
;
6726 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
6727 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
6729 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
6731 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
6732 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
6733 goto error_return_verref
;
6735 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
6736 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
6738 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
6739 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
6742 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
6743 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
6745 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
6747 if (iverneed
->vn_next
6748 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
6749 goto error_return_verref
;
6751 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
6752 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
6759 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
6761 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6762 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
6763 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6764 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
6765 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
6767 unsigned int maxidx
;
6768 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
6770 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
6772 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
6773 if (contents
== NULL
)
6775 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6776 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
6779 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
6782 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6783 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6784 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6785 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6786 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
6787 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6789 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6790 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6792 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6794 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
6796 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6798 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
6799 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
6801 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
6802 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6805 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6806 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
6809 if (default_imported_symver
)
6811 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
6816 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
,
6817 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6818 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6821 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
6823 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
6824 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
6825 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
6827 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
6828 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6831 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
6833 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
6835 error_return_verdef
:
6836 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
6837 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
6841 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
6842 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6844 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6846 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
6847 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
6850 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
6851 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6852 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6853 goto error_return_verdef
;
6857 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
6858 goto error_return_verdef
;
6860 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6861 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
6862 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6863 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
6865 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
6867 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
6868 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
6869 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
6870 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
6871 goto error_return_verdef
;
6873 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6874 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
6876 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6878 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
6879 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
6880 goto error_return_verdef
;
6882 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
6883 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
6886 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
6887 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
6889 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
6890 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
6892 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6894 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
6895 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
6901 else if (default_imported_symver
)
6908 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
,
6909 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
6910 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
6913 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
6916 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6917 if (default_imported_symver
)
6919 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
6920 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
6922 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];;
6924 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6925 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
6926 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
6927 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
6929 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
6931 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
6932 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
6933 goto error_return_verdef
;
6934 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
6935 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
6936 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
6937 goto error_return_verdef
;
6939 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
6940 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
6941 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
6947 if (contents
!= NULL
)
6953 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
6955 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
6956 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
6958 newsym
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
6963 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
6964 return &newsym
->symbol
;
6969 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6973 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
6976 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6977 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6981 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6984 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6985 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
6988 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6989 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6990 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
6993 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6994 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6995 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6996 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6997 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6998 we treat such symbols as local. */
6999 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7006 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7007 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7014 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7015 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7016 unsigned long machine
)
7018 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7019 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7020 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7021 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7022 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7025 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7028 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7029 for error reporting. */
7032 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7036 const char **filename_ptr
,
7037 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7039 const char *filename
;
7040 asymbol
*func
, *file
;
7043 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7044 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7045 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7046 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7047 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7048 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7049 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7050 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7051 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7057 state
= nothing_seen
;
7059 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7063 q
= (elf_symbol_type
*) *p
;
7065 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
))
7071 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7072 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7076 if (bfd_get_section (&q
->symbol
) == section
7077 && q
->symbol
.value
>= low_func
7078 && q
->symbol
.value
<= offset
)
7080 func
= (asymbol
*) q
;
7081 low_func
= q
->symbol
.value
;
7084 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
7085 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7086 filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7090 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7091 state
= symbol_seen
;
7098 *filename_ptr
= filename
;
7099 if (functionname_ptr
)
7100 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (func
);
7105 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7106 for error reporting. */
7109 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7113 const char **filename_ptr
,
7114 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7115 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7119 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7120 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7123 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7124 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7125 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7131 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7132 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7134 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7136 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7137 elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7138 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7144 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7145 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7146 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7147 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7149 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7152 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7155 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, section
, symbols
, offset
,
7156 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7163 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7166 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7167 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7169 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
,
7170 filename_ptr
, line_ptr
, 0,
7171 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7174 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7175 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7176 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7177 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7178 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7181 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7182 const char **filename_ptr
,
7183 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7184 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7187 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7188 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7189 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7194 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7196 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7197 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7199 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7201 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
;
7203 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7205 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7208 for (m
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->segment_map
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7209 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7212 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7215 elf_tdata (abfd
)->program_header_size
= phdr_size
;
7223 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7225 const void *location
,
7227 bfd_size_type count
)
7229 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7232 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7233 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7236 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7237 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7238 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7239 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7246 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7247 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7248 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7253 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7256 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7258 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7260 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7262 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7263 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7265 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7266 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7268 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7270 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7273 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7276 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7279 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7282 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7285 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7288 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7294 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7296 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7298 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7299 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7301 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7306 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7312 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7315 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7318 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7321 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7324 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7330 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7334 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7342 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7343 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7344 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7345 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7350 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7352 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7354 if (elf_tdata (abfd
) != NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7355 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7356 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
);
7359 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7362 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7363 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7364 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7367 bfd_reloc_status_type
7368 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7369 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7370 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7371 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7372 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7374 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7377 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7378 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7379 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7380 out details about the corefile. */
7382 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7383 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7386 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7389 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7391 return ((elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
<< 16)
7392 + (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
));
7395 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7396 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7397 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7401 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7405 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7408 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7412 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7413 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7414 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7418 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7419 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7420 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7421 such a section already exists.
7422 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7423 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7424 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7426 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7432 char *threaded_name
;
7436 /* Build the section name. */
7438 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7439 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7440 threaded_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7441 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7443 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
7445 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
7450 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
7451 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7453 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
7456 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7458 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7462 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7465 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7470 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
7474 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7475 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7476 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7478 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7479 has already been set by another thread. */
7480 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7481 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7482 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7484 /* pr_who exists on:
7487 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7490 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7491 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7494 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7495 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
7497 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7498 prstatus32_t prstat
;
7500 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
7501 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
7502 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
7504 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7505 has already been set by another thread. */
7506 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
== 0)
7507 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
7508 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
7510 /* pr_who exists on:
7513 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7516 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7517 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
7520 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7523 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7524 note size (ie. data object type). */
7528 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7529 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
7530 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
7532 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7534 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7536 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7538 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7540 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
7541 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
7544 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7545 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7546 data structure apart. */
7549 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7551 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
7554 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7555 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7559 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7561 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
7564 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7565 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7566 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7567 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7571 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7572 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
7573 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7574 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
7578 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7579 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7580 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7583 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
7586 char *end
= memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
7594 dups
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
7598 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
7604 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7606 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7608 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
7610 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
7612 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7614 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7615 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7616 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7618 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7619 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7620 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7622 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7623 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
7625 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7626 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
7628 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
7630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_program
7631 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
7632 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
7634 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7635 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
7636 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
7642 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7643 note size (ie. data object type). */
7647 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7648 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7649 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7652 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
;
7653 int n
= strlen (command
);
7655 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
7656 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
7661 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7663 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7665 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7667 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
7668 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7669 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
7675 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7677 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7679 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7680 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
7682 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7685 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
7687 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
7690 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7691 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7692 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7696 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7698 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7700 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7702 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
7708 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
7709 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7710 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
7715 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
7717 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
7718 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
7720 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7722 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7723 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7724 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7727 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7729 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7733 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7734 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7735 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7736 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
7739 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7740 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
7741 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
7744 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7746 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7749 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7751 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7752 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7753 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7756 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7758 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7762 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7763 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7764 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
7765 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
7768 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7769 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
7770 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
7773 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7775 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
7777 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7779 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7781 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7787 win32_pstatus_t pstatus
;
7789 if (note
->descsz
< sizeof (pstatus
))
7792 memcpy (&pstatus
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstatus
));
7794 switch (pstatus
.data_type
)
7796 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
7797 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7798 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.signal
;
7799 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= pstatus
.data
.process_info
.pid
;
7802 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
7803 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7804 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.tid
);
7806 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7807 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7811 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7813 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7817 sect
->size
= sizeof (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.thread_context
);
7818 sect
->filepos
= (note
->descpos
7819 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus
,
7820 data
.thread_info
.thread_context
));
7821 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7823 if (pstatus
.data
.thread_info
.is_active_thread
)
7824 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
7828 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
7829 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7830 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx",
7831 (long) pstatus
.data
.module_info
.base_address
);
7833 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7834 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7838 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
7840 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7845 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7846 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7847 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
7856 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7859 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7861 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7869 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
7870 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
7872 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7873 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
7878 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7880 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7883 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7885 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
7888 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7889 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7891 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7892 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
7893 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
7896 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
7897 if (note
->namesz
== 6
7898 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
7899 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
7905 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
7906 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
7908 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7909 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
7916 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
7921 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
7922 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
7923 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
7931 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
7935 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
7938 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
7945 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7948 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7949 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
7950 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
7952 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7953 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
7954 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
7956 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7957 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_command
7958 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
7960 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7965 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
7969 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
7970 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= lwp
;
7972 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
7974 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7975 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7976 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7977 creates a core file. */
7979 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
7982 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7983 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7984 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7987 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
7991 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
7993 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7994 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7996 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
7997 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8000 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8001 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8003 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8004 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8010 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8011 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8016 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8017 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8019 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8020 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8030 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8032 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8039 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8040 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8042 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8043 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8045 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8046 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8048 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8049 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8051 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_signal
= sig
;
8052 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8055 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8056 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8057 thread just in case. */
8058 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8059 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
= *tid
;
8061 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8062 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8064 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8069 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8073 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8074 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8075 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8077 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
8081 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
8082 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
8090 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8091 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
8093 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8098 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8102 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8103 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8104 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8106 /* This is the current thread. */
8107 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core_lwpid
== tid
)
8108 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
8113 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8114 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8115 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8116 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8119 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8121 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8122 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8124 static long tid
= 1;
8128 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
8129 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
8130 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
8131 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
8132 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
8133 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
8134 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
8135 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
8141 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8144 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8148 size of data for note
8150 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8151 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8152 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8153 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8156 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8159 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
8167 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
8174 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
8176 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
8178 buf
= realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
8179 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
8180 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
8181 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
8182 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
8183 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
8184 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
8188 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
8196 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
8206 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8208 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
8214 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8215 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8217 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8220 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8221 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
8226 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8227 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8229 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8231 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8234 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8237 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8238 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8239 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8240 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8241 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8246 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8248 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
8251 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
8254 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
8255 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
8256 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
8257 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8258 note_name
, note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
8261 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8263 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8265 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8272 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8273 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8275 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
8278 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8280 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
8285 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8286 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8288 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8290 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8291 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8292 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8293 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8294 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8295 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8302 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
8303 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
8304 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8305 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
8306 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8307 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
8310 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8312 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8314 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8321 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8322 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8324 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8325 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
8326 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
8327 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8328 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
8329 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8331 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
8332 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
8334 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
8335 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
8338 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8339 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8341 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8343 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8345 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
8349 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8350 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8352 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8353 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8354 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8356 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
8360 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8361 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8362 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8363 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8371 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
8372 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
8373 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
8374 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
8378 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8381 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8387 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
8388 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8389 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
8393 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
8396 const void *xfpregs
,
8399 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
8400 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
8401 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
8405 elfcore_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
8413 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8416 buf
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8420 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
)
8428 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
8430 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8431 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
8432 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
8434 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
8436 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
8437 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
8439 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
8440 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
8441 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
8443 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8445 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
8448 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
8450 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
8455 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
8459 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
8466 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8468 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8469 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8470 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8473 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8475 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8481 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
8484 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8485 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8486 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8487 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8489 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8490 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8493 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
8497 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8499 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
8503 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
8504 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
8505 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
8511 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char *buf
, bfd_vma value
)
8514 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8516 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8517 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8518 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8521 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8523 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8524 sprintf (buf
, "%016lx", value
);
8526 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value
),
8527 _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8531 sprintf (buf
, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8534 sprintf_vma (buf
, value
);
8539 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *stream
, bfd_vma value
)
8542 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8544 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
8545 if (i_ehdrp
== NULL
)
8546 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8549 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
8551 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8552 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%016lx", value
);
8554 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx%08lx",
8555 _bfd_int64_high (value
), _bfd_int64_low (value
));
8559 fprintf ((FILE *) stream
, "%08lx",
8560 (unsigned long) (value
& 0xffffffff));
8563 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream
, value
);
8567 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8568 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8570 return reloc_class_normal
;
8573 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8574 relocation against a local symbol. */
8577 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8578 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8580 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
8582 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8585 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
8586 + sec
->output_offset
8588 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
8589 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
8590 && sec
->sec_info_type
== ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8593 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8594 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8595 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
8598 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8599 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8600 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8601 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8602 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8603 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8604 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
8607 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
8608 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8614 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
8615 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
8619 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
8621 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
8622 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
8624 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
8625 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8626 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
8630 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
8631 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8635 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
8637 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
8638 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
8640 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
8641 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
8647 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8648 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8649 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8650 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8651 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8652 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8654 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8655 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8656 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8657 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8658 the remote memory. */
8661 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8665 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, int))
8667 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
8668 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
8672 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8673 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8674 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8679 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8682 const char *relplt_name
;
8683 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
8687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8693 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
8696 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
8699 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
8702 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
8703 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
8704 relplt_name
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8705 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
8709 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
8710 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8711 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
8714 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
8718 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8719 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
8722 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
8723 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
8724 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8725 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8726 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
8728 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
8732 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
8733 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
8735 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, s
++, p
++)
8740 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
8741 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
8744 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
8745 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8746 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8747 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
8748 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
8750 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
8752 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
8753 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
8755 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8756 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
8763 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8764 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8767 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8769 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
;
8770 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
;
8773 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8774 s1
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg1
;
8775 if (s1
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8777 s2
= (const Elf_Internal_Sym
*) arg2
;
8778 if (s2
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8781 /* Sorted by section index. */
8782 shndx
= s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
8786 /* Sorted by binding. */
8787 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1
->st_info
) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2
->st_info
);
8792 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8797 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
8799 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
8800 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
8801 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
8804 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8808 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
8809 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8812 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8813 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8814 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
8815 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8816 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymstart1
= NULL
, *isymstart2
= NULL
, *isym
;
8817 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8818 struct elf_symbol
*symp
, *symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8819 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
8826 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8828 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec1
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
8829 && CONST_STRNEQ (sec2
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce"))
8830 return strcmp (sec1
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8831 sec2
->name
+ sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8833 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8834 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8835 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8838 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8841 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0
8842 && (elf_section_flags (sec2
) & SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
8844 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8846 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1
), elf_group_name (sec2
)) != 0)
8850 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8851 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8852 if (shndx1
== -1 || shndx2
== -1)
8855 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8856 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8857 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8858 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8859 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8860 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8862 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8866 isymbuf1
= elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
8867 isymbuf2
= elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
8869 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8871 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8873 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8875 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8877 qsort (isymbuf1
, symcount1
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8878 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8879 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8880 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= isymbuf1
;
8883 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8885 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8887 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8889 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8891 qsort (isymbuf2
, symcount2
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
),
8892 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
8893 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8894 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= isymbuf2
;
8897 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8899 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
;
8900 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8902 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8909 if (count1
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx1
)
8914 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
;
8915 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8917 if (isym
->st_shndx
== (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8924 if (count2
&& isym
->st_shndx
!= (unsigned int) shndx2
)
8928 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8931 symtable1
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8932 symtable2
= bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8934 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8938 for (isym
= isymstart1
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8939 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8942 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8949 for (isym
= isymstart2
, isymend
= isym
+ count1
;
8950 isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8953 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8959 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8960 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8961 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8962 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8963 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8965 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8966 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8967 if (symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_info
8968 || symtable1
[i
].sym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].sym
->st_other
8969 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8979 if (info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8990 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8991 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8992 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
8993 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8995 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8998 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8999 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
9003 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
9004 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9007 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);